blob: f0b25f90ffa3b7d135c64499dd8ccde7bd3831dd [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Douglas Gregorc298ffc2010-04-22 16:44:27 +000083
84 // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack
85 // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
87 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000088
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000089 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
90 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000091 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000092 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
93 int isMethod = 0;
94 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
95 // skip over named parameters.
96 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
97 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
98 if (nullPos)
99 --nullPos;
100 else
101 ++i;
102 }
103 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
104 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000105 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 // skip over named parameters.
107 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
108 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
109 if (nullPos)
110 --nullPos;
111 else
112 ++i;
113 }
114 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000115 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 // block or function pointer call.
117 QualType Ty = V->getType();
118 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000119 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000120 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
121 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000122 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
123 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
124 unsigned k;
125 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
126 if (nullPos)
127 --nullPos;
128 else
129 ++i;
130 }
131 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
132 }
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
134 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000135 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000137 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 return;
139
140 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000142 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000143 return;
144 }
145 int sentinel = i;
146 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
147 --sentinelPos;
148 ++i;
149 }
150 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000153 return;
154 }
155 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
156 ++i;
157 ++sentinel;
158 }
159 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000160 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
Douglas Gregorc298ffc2010-04-22 16:44:27 +0000161 !sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
162 !sentinelExpr->isValueDependent() &&
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000163 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
164 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
165 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 }
169 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000170}
171
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000172SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
173 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
174 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
175}
176
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
178// Standard Promotions and Conversions
179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
180
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
182void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
183 QualType Ty = E->getType();
184 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
185
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000186 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000187 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000188 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000189 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
190 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
191 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
192 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
193 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
194 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
195 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000196 //
197 // C++ 4.2p1:
198 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
199 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
200 //
201 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
202 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
204 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000208void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
209 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000210
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000211 QualType Ty = E->getType();
212 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
213 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
214 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
216 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
217 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
218 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
219 // rvalue is T
220 //
221 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000222 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
223 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000224 // type of the lvalue.
225 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
226 }
227}
228
229
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000232/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
233/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
234/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
235Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
236 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
237 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000239 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
240 //
241 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
242 // unsigned int may be used:
243 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
244 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
245 // and unsigned int.
246 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
247 //
248 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
249 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
250 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
251 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000252 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
253 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 return Expr;
256 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000258 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000259 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000261 }
262
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000263 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return Expr;
265}
266
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000267/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
270void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
271 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
272 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000275 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000276 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000277 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
278 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000279
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000280 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
281}
282
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000283/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
284/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
285/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
286/// completely illegal.
287bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000288 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000290 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
291 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
292 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT))
294 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000295
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000296 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000297 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000298 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
299 << Expr->getType() << CT))
300 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000301
302 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000303}
304
305
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000306/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
307/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000309/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
310/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
311/// GCC.
312QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
313 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316
317 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000321 QualType lhs =
322 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000323 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000324 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000325
326 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
327 if (lhs == rhs)
328 return lhs;
329
330 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
331 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
332 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
333 return lhs;
334
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000336 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000337 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
338 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000339 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000340 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
341 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
342
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000343 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000344 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000345 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
346 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000347 return destType;
348}
349
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
351// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
352//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
353
354
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
357/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
358/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
359/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360///
361Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000362Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
364
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000365 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000366 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000367 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000368
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000369 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000370 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
371 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000372
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000373 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000374 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000376
377 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCallc33dec32010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000378 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000379 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000380
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
382 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
383 // strings.
384 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000385 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000386 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000387
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000388 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000390 Literal.GetStringLength(),
391 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
392 &StringTokLocs[0],
393 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000394}
395
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000396/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
397/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
398/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
399/// for values inside the block or for globals).
400///
Douglas Gregor4f13beb2010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000401/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000402/// up-to-date.
403///
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000404static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000405 ValueDecl *VD) {
406 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
407 // we wanted to.
408 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
409 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
412 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
416 // snapshot it.
417 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
418 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000419 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
420 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000422 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
423 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
424
425 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
426 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
427 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
428 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000429 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
430 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000431
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000432 if (!NextBlock)
433 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000434
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000445 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000446}
447
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000448
449
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000450/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000453 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000454 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
455 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000457 << D->getDeclName();
458 return ExprError();
459 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
462 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
463 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
464 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000465 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000466 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000468 << D->getIdentifier();
469 return ExprError();
470 }
471 }
472 }
473 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000474
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000475 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000476
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000477 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
478 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
479 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000480 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000481}
482
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000483/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
484/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
485/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000486static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
487 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000488 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000491 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
492 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
493 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000495 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000496 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000497 D != DEnd; ++D) {
498 if (*D == Record) {
499 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
500 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
501 ++D;
502 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000503 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 return *D;
505 }
506 }
507
508 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
509 return 0;
510}
511
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
513/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
514/// actual member.
515///
516/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
517/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
518/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
519/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
520/// we found.
521///
522/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
523/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
524/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
525VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
526 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
528 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
529 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
530
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000531 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
533 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
534 do {
535 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000536 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000537 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000538 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000539 else {
540 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
541 break;
542 }
543 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000544 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000546
547 return BaseObject;
548}
549
550Sema::OwningExprResult
551Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
552 FieldDecl *Field,
553 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
554 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
555 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000556 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000557 AnonFields);
558
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000559 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
560 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
561 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
562 // found via name lookup.
563 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000564 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 if (BaseObject) {
566 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
567 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000568 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000569 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000570 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000571 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000572 BaseQuals
573 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
575 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
576 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
577 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
578 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000579 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
581 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
582 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000583 BaseQuals
584 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 } else {
586 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
587 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
588 // program our base object expression is "this".
589 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
590 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000591 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000592 = Context.getTagDeclType(
593 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
594 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000595 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
597 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
598 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000599 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000600 MD->getThisType(Context),
601 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
603 }
604 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000605 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
606 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000608 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000611 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
613 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
616 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
617 // anonymous struct/union.
618 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000620 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
621 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
622 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
623 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
625 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
626
627 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
628 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
629 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
630 ResultQuals.removeConst();
631
632 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
633 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
634
635 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
636 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
637
638 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
639 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
640 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
641
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000642 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000643 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000644 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000645 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
646 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000648 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 }
650
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000651 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652}
653
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000654/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
655/// possibly a list of template arguments.
656///
657/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
658/// DecomposeTemplateName.
659///
660/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
661/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
662/// some way.
663static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
664 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
665 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
666 DeclarationName &Name,
667 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
668 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
669 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
670 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
671 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
672
673 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
674 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
675 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
676 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
677 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
678
679 TemplateName TName =
680 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
681
682 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
683 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
684 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
685 } else {
686 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
687 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
688 TemplateArgs = 0;
689 }
690}
691
692/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
693///
694/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
695/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
696/// found template arguments.
697static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
698 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
699 TemplateName TName =
700 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
701
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
703 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000704 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
705 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
706 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000707 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000708
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000709 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000710}
711
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000712/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
713/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
714/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000715static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000716 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
717 return false;
718
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000719 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
720 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
721 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
722 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
723 if (!BaseRT) return false;
724
725 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000726 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000727 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
728 return false;
729 }
730
731 return true;
732}
733
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
735/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
736static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000737 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000738
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000739 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
740 if (!DC) return true;
741
742 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
743 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
744
745 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
746 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
747
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000748 return false;
749}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000750
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000751/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
752/// the prospective base classes.
753static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
754 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
755 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000756 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000757 return false;
758
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000759 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000760 if (!RD) return false;
761 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
762
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000763 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
764 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
765 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
766 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
767 if (!BaseRT) return false;
768
769 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000770 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
771 return false;
772 }
773
774 return true;
775}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000776
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000777enum IMAKind {
778 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
779 IMA_Static,
780
781 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
782 IMA_Mixed,
783
784 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
785 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
786 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
787
788 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
789 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
790 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
791
792 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
793 IMA_Instance,
794
795 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
796 IMA_Unresolved,
797
798 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
799 /// context is not an instance method.
800 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
801
802 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
803 /// non-class context.
804 IMA_AnonymousMember,
805
806 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
807 /// context is not an instance method.
808 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
809
810 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
811 /// class.
812 IMA_Error_Unrelated
813};
814
815/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
816/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
817/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
818/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
819/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
820/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
821static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
822 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000823 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000824
825 bool isStaticContext =
826 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
827 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
828
829 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
830 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
831
832 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
833 bool hasNonInstance = false;
834 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
835 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000836 NamedDecl *D = *I;
837 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000838 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
839
840 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
841 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
842 // that's a special case.
843 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
844 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
845 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
846 }
847 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
848 }
849 else
850 hasNonInstance = true;
851 }
852
853 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
854 // member reference.
855 if (Classes.empty())
856 return IMA_Static;
857
858 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
859 // an implicit member reference.
860 if (isStaticContext)
861 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
862
863 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
864 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
865 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
866 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
867 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
868 Classes))
869 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
870
871 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
872}
873
874/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
875static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
876 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
877 const LookupResult &R) {
878 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
879 SourceRange Range(Loc);
880 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
881
882 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
883 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
884 if (MD->isStatic()) {
885 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
886 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
887 << Range << R.getLookupName();
888 return;
889 }
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
893 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
894 return;
895 }
896
897 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000898}
899
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000900/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
901///
902/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000903bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 LookupResult &R) {
905 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
906
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000909 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
910 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000912 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000913 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
914 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000915
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
917 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
918 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
919 // dependent name.
920 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
921 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
923 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
924
925 if (!R.empty()) {
926 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
927 R.suppressDiagnostics();
928
929 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
930 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
931 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
932 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
933
934 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
935 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
936 // Actually quite difficult!
937 if (isInstance)
938 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000939 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000940 else
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
942
943 // Do we really want to note all of these?
944 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
945 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
946
947 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
948 return false;
949 }
950 }
951 }
952
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000953 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000954 DeclarationName Corrected;
955 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS))) {
956 if (!R.empty()) {
957 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
958 if (SS.isEmpty())
959 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
960 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
961 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
962 else
963 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
964 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
965 << SS.getRange()
966 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
967 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
968 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
969 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
970 << ND->getDeclName();
971
972 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
973 return false;
974 }
975
976 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
977 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
978 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
979 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
980 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
981 // to recover well anyway.
982 if (SS.isEmpty())
983 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
984 else
985 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
986 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
987 << SS.getRange();
988
989 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
990 return true;
991 }
992 } else {
993 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
994 // because we aren't able to recover.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000995 if (SS.isEmpty())
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000996 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000997 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000998 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000999 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected
1000 << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001001 return true;
1002 }
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001003 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001004 }
1005
1006 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1007 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1008 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1009 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1010 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1011 << SS.getRange();
1012 return true;
1013 }
1014
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001015 // Give up, we can't recover.
1016 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1017 return true;
1018}
1019
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001020Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001021 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1023 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1024 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1025 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1026 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1027
1028 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001029 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001030
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001031 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001032
1033 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1034 DeclarationName Name;
1035 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1036 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001037 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1038 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001039
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001040 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001041
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001042 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1043 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001044 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1045 // (note: handled after lookup)
1046 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1047 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1048 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1050 // names a dependent type.
1051 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1052 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001053 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1054 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1055 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001056 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001057 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001058 TemplateArgs);
1059 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001060
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001061 // Perform the required lookup.
1062 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1063 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001064 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001065 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001067 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1068 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001069
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1071 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001072 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1073 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001074 if (E.isInvalid())
1075 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001076
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001077 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1078 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001079 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001080 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001081
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001082 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1083 return ExprError();
1084
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001085 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1086 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001087 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001088
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001090 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1092 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1093 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1094 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1095 }
1096
1097 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1098 // call, diagnose the problem.
1099 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001100 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001101 return ExprError();
1102
1103 assert(!R.empty() &&
1104 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001105
1106 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1107 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001108 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001109 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1110 R.clear();
1111 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1112 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1113 return move(E);
1114 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001115 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001116 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001118 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1119 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1120
1121 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001122 // Warn about constructs like:
1123 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1124 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001125 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1126 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001127 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001128 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001129 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001130 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001131 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattnerdf742642010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001132 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1133 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 break;
1135 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001137 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1138 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001139 }
1140 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001141 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001142 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1143 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1144 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1145 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1146 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1147 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001148 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001149 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001150
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001151 QualType T = Func->getType();
1152 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001153 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001155 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001156 }
1157 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001158
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001159 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1160 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1161 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1162 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1163 // class member access expression.
1164 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1165 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001166 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001167 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001168 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1169 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001170 }
1171
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001172 if (TemplateArgs)
1173 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001174
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001175 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1176}
1177
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001178/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1179Sema::OwningExprResult
1180Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1181 LookupResult &R,
1182 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1183 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1184 case IMA_Instance:
1185 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1186
1187 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1188 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1189 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1190 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1191
1192 case IMA_Mixed:
1193 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1194 case IMA_Unresolved:
1195 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1196
1197 case IMA_Static:
1198 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1199 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1200 if (TemplateArgs)
1201 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1202 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1203
1204 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1205 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1206 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1207 return ExprError();
1208 }
1209
1210 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1211 return ExprError();
1212}
1213
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001214/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1215/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1216/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1217/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001218Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001219Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001220 DeclarationName Name,
1221 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1222 DeclContext *DC;
1223 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1224 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1225 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1226 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1227
1228 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1229 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1230
1231 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1232 return ExprError();
1233
1234 if (R.empty()) {
1235 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1236 return ExprError();
1237 }
1238
1239 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1240}
1241
1242/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1243/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1244/// additional lookup.
1245///
1246/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1247/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1248///
1249/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1250Sema::OwningExprResult
1251Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001252 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001253 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001254 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001255
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001256 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1257 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1258 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1259 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1260 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1261
1262 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1263 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1264 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001265 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001266
1267 bool LookForIvars;
1268 if (Lookup.empty())
1269 LookForIvars = true;
1270 else if (IsClassMethod)
1271 LookForIvars = false;
1272 else
1273 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1274 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001275 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001276 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001277 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1279 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1280 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1281 if (IsClassMethod)
1282 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1283 << IV->getDeclName());
1284
1285 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1286 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1287 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1288 return ExprError();
1289
1290 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1291 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1292 return ExprError();
1293
1294 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1295 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1296 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1297 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1298
1299 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1300 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1301 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1302 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001303 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001304 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1305 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1306 SelfName, false, false);
1307 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1308 return Owned(new (Context)
1309 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1310 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1311 }
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001312 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001313 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001314 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001315 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1316 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1317 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1318 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1319 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1320 }
1321 }
1322
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001323 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1324 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1325 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1326 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1327 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1328 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1329 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1330 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1331 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1332 }
1333 }
1334 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001335 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1336 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001337}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001338
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001339/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1340///
1341/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1342///
1343/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1344/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1345/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1346/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1347///
1348/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1349/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1350/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1351/// the class declaring the member.
1352///
1353/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1354/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1355/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001356bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001357Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1358 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001359 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001360 NamedDecl *Member) {
1361 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1362 if (!RD)
1363 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001364
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001365 QualType DestRecordType;
1366 QualType DestType;
1367 QualType FromRecordType;
1368 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1369 bool PointerConversions = false;
1370 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1371 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001372
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001373 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1374 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1375 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1376 PointerConversions = true;
1377 } else {
1378 DestType = DestRecordType;
1379 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001380 }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001381 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1382 if (Method->isStatic())
1383 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001384
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001385 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1386 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001387
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001388 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1389 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1390 PointerConversions = true;
1391 } else {
1392 FromRecordType = FromType;
1393 DestType = DestRecordType;
1394 }
1395 } else {
1396 // No conversion necessary.
1397 return false;
1398 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001399
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001400 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1401 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001402
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001403 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1404 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1405 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001406
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001407 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1408 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1409
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001410 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001411 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001412 // class name.
1413 //
1414 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1415 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1416 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1417 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1418 //
1419 // class Base { public: int x; };
1420 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1421 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1422 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1423 //
1424 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1425 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1426 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1427 // }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001428 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001429 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1430 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1431 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1432
1433 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1434
1435 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1436 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1437 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1438 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1439 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1440 FromLoc, FromRange))
1441 return true;
1442
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001443 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001444 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001445 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson975979382010-04-23 22:18:37 +00001446 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001447
1448 FromType = QType;
1449 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1450
1451 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1452 // we're done.
1453 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1454 return false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001455 }
1456 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001457
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001458 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001459
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001460 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1461 // down to the using declaration's type.
1462 //
1463 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1464 // class ever has member declarations.
1465 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1466 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1467 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1468 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1469
1470 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1471 // conversion is non-trivial.
1472 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1473 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1474 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1475 FromLoc, FromRange))
1476 return true;
1477
1478 QualType UType = URecordType;
1479 if (PointerConversions)
1480 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001481 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001482 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1483 FromType = UType;
1484 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1485 }
1486
1487 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1488 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1489 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001490 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001491
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001492 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1493 DestRecordType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001494 FromLoc,
Anders Carlsson7afe4242010-04-24 17:11:09 +00001495 FromRange, 0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001496 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001497 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001498
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001499 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson975979382010-04-23 22:18:37 +00001500 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001501 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001502}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001503
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001504/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001506 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001507 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1508 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001509 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1510 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1511 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001512 if (SS.isSet()) {
1513 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1514 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001515 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001517 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001518 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001519}
1520
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001521/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1522/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1523/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1524/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001525Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001526Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1527 LookupResult &R,
1528 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1529 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001530 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1531
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001532 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001533
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001534 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1535 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001536 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001537 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001538 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001539 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001540 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001541
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001542 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1543 // 'this' expression now.
1544 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1545 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1546 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001547 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1548 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1549 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1550 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001551 }
1552
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001553 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1554 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1555 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001556 SS,
1557 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1558 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001559}
1560
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001561bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001562 const LookupResult &R,
1563 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001564 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1565 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1566 return false;
1567
1568 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001569 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001570 return false;
1571
1572 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001573 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001574 return false;
1575
1576 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1577 // normal lookup:
1578 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1579 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1580
1581 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1582 // -- a declaration of a class member
1583 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1584 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001585 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001586 return false;
1587
1588 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1589 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1590 // using-declaration
1591 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1592 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1593 // turn off ADL anyway).
1594 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1595 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1596 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1597 return false;
1598
1599 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1600 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1601 // template
1602 // And also for builtin functions.
1603 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1604 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1605
1606 // But also builtin functions.
1607 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1608 return false;
1609 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1610 return false;
1611 }
1612
1613 return true;
1614}
1615
1616
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001617/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1618/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1619/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1620/// will in fact be used.
1621static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1622 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1623 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1624 return true;
1625 }
1626
1627 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1628 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1629 return true;
1630 }
1631
1632 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1633 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1634 return true;
1635 }
1636
1637 return false;
1638}
1639
1640Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001641Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001642 LookupResult &R,
1643 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001644 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1645 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor4b4844f2010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001646 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001647 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001648
1649 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1650 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1651 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001652 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1653 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001654 return ExprError();
1655
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001656 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1657 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1658 // we've picked a target.
1659 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1660
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001661 bool Dependent
1662 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001663 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001664 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001665 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1666 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001667 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1668 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001669 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001670
1671 return Owned(ULE);
1672}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001673
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001674
1675/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1676Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001677Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001678 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1679 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001680 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1681 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001682
1683 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1684 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001685
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001686 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1687 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1688 // a template argument list.
1689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1690 << Template << SS.getRange();
1691 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1692 return ExprError();
1693 }
1694
1695 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1696 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1697 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001698 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001699 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001700 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001701 return ExprError();
1702 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001703
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001704 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1705 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1706 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1707 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001708 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001709 return ExprError();
1710
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001711 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1712 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001713 return ExprError();
1714
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001715 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1716 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1717 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1718 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001719 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001720 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1721 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1722 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001723 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001724 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001725 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1727 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1728 return ExprError();
1729 }
1730
Fariborz Jahanianfa24e102010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001731 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1733 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1734 return ExprError();
1735 }
1736
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001737 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001738 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001739 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001740 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001741 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001742 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1743 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001744 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001745
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001746 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001747 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001748 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001749 }
1750 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1751 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001752
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001753 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001754}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001755
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001756Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1757 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001758 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001759
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001760 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001761 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001762 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1763 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1764 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001765 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001766
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001767 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1768 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001769
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001770 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1771 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001772 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001773 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001774 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001775
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001776 QualType ResTy;
1777 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1778 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1779 } else {
Anders Carlsson5bd8d192010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001780 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001781
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001782 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001783 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001784 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1785 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001786 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001787}
1788
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001789Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001790 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001791 bool Invalid = false;
1792 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1793 if (Invalid)
1794 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001795
Benjamin Kramer0a1abd42010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001796 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1797 PP);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001798 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001799 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001800
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001801 QualType Ty;
1802 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1803 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1804 else if (Literal.isWide())
1805 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedmaneb1df702010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001806 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1807 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001808 else
1809 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001810
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001811 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1812 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001813 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001814}
1815
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001816Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1817 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001818 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1819 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001820 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001821 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001822 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001823 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001824 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001825
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001826 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001827 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1828 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001829 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001830
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001831 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001832 bool Invalid = false;
1833 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1834 if (Invalid)
1835 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001836
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001837 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001838 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001839 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001840 return ExprError();
1841
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001842 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001843
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001844 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001845 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001846 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001847 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001848 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001849 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001850 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001851 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001852
1853 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1854
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001855 using llvm::APFloat;
1856 APFloat Val(Format);
1857
1858 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001859
1860 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1861 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1862 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1863 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001864 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001865 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001866 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001867 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001868 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1869 } else {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001870 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001871 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1872 }
1873
1874 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1875 << Ty
1876 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1877 }
1878
1879 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001880 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001881
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001882 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001884 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001885 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001886
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001887 // long long is a C99 feature.
1888 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001889 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001890 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1891
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001892 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001893 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001894
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001895 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1896 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1897 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001898 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1899 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001900 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001901 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001902 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1903 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001904
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001905 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1906 // be an unsigned int.
1907 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1908
1909 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001910 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001911 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1912 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001913 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001914
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001915 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1916 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1917 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1918 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001919 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001920 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001921 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001922 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001923 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001924 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001925
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001926 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001927 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001928 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001929
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001930 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1931 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1932 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1933 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001934 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001935 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001936 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001937 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001938 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939 }
1940
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001941 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001942 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001943 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001944
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001945 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1946 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1947 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1948 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001949 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001950 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001951 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001952 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001953 }
1954 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001955
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001956 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1957 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001958 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001959 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001960 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001961 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001962 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001963
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001964 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1965 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001966 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001967 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001968 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001969
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001970 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1971 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001973 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001974
1975 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001976}
1977
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001978Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1979 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001980 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001981 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001982 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001983}
1984
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001985/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001986/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001987bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001988 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1989 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1990 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001991 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1992 return false;
1993
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001994 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1995 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1996 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1997 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1998 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1999 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2000
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002001 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002002 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002003 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002004 if (isSizeof)
2005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2006 return false;
2007 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002008
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002009 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002010 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002011 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2012 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002013 return false;
2014 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002016 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002017 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2018 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002019 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002021 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002022 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002023 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002024 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2025 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002026 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002028 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002029}
2030
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002031bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2032 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2033 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002034
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002036 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2037 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002038
2039 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2040 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2041 return false;
2042
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002043 if (E->getBitField()) {
2044 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2045 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002046 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002047
2048 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2049 // bit-field.
2050 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002051 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002052 return false;
2053
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002054 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2055}
2056
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002057/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002058Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002059Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002060 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002061 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002062 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002063 return ExprError();
2064
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002065 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002066
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002067 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2068 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2069 return ExprError();
2070
2071 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002072 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002073 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2074 R.getEnd()));
2075}
2076
2077/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2078/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079Action::OwningExprResult
2080Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002081 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2082 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2083 bool isInvalid = false;
2084 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2085 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2086 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2087 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002088 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002089 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2090 isInvalid = true;
2091 } else {
2092 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2093 }
2094
2095 if (isInvalid)
2096 return ExprError();
2097
2098 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2099 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2100 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2101 R.getEnd()));
2102}
2103
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002104/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2105/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2106/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002107Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002108Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2109 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00002110 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002111 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002112
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002113 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002114 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2115 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2116 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002117 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002118
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002119 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2120 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2121 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2122
2123 if (Result.isInvalid())
2124 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2125
2126 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002127}
2128
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002129QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002130 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2131 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002132
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002133 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002134 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002135 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002136
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002137 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2138 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2139 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002141 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002142 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2143 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002144 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002145}
2146
2147
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002148
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002149Action::OwningExprResult
2150Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2151 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002152 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2153 switch (Kind) {
2154 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2155 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2156 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2157 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002159 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002160}
2161
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002162Action::OwningExprResult
2163Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2164 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002165 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2166 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2167
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002168 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2169 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002172 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2173 Base.release();
2174 Idx.release();
2175 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2176 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2177 }
2178
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002180 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002181 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2182 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2183 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002184 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002185 }
2186
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002187 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2188}
2189
2190
2191Action::OwningExprResult
2192Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2193 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2194 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2195 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2196
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002197 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002198 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2199 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2200 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002201
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002202 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002203
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002204 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002205 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002206 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002207 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002208 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2209 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002210 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2211 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2212 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2213 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002214 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002215 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2216 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002217 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002218 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002219 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002220 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2221 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002222 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002224 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002225 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2226 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2227 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002228 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002229 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002230 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2231 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2232 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2233 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002234 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002235 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002236 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002237
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002238 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2239 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002240 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2241 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002242 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002243 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2244 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2245 // force the promotion here.
2246 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2247 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002248 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2249 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002250 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2251
2252 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2253 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002254 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002255 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2256 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2257 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2258 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002259 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2260 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002261 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2262
2263 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2264 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002265 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002266 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002267 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2268 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002269 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002270 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002271 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2272 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002273 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2274 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002275
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002276 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002277 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2278 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002279 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2280
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002281 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002282 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2283 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002284 // incomplete types are not object types.
2285 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2286 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2287 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2288 return ExprError();
2289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002290
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002291 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002292 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002293 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2294 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002295 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002297 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2298 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2299 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2300 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2301 return ExprError();
2302 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002304 Base.release();
2305 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002306 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002307 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002308}
2309
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002310QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002311CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002313 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002314 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2315 // see FIXME there.
2316 //
2317 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2318 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002319 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002320
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002321 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002322 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002323
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002324 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002325 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2326 // to be selected.
2327 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002328
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002329 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2330 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002331 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002332
2333 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2334 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002335 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002336 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2337 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002338 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002339 do
2340 compStr++;
2341 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002342 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002343 do
2344 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002345 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002346 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002347
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002348 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002349 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2350 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002351 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2352 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002353 return QualType();
2354 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002355
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002356 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2357 // operates on.
2358 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002359 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002360
2361 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002362 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002363
2364 while (*compStr) {
2365 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2366 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2367 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2368 return QualType();
2369 }
2370 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002371 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002372
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002373 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002374 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002375 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002376 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002377 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002378 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002379 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002380 if (HexSwizzle)
2381 CompSize--;
2382
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002383 if (CompSize == 1)
2384 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002385
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002386 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002387 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002388 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2389 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2390 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2391 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002392 }
2393 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002394}
2395
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002396static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002397 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002398 const Selector &Sel,
2399 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002401 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002402 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002404 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002405
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002406 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2407 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002408 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002409 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002410 return D;
2411 }
2412 return 0;
2413}
2414
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002415static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002416 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002417 const Selector &Sel,
2418 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002419 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2420 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002421 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002422 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002423 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002424 GDecl = PD;
2425 break;
2426 }
2427 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002428 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002429 GDecl = OMD;
2430 break;
2431 }
2432 }
2433 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002434 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002435 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2436 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002437 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002438 if (GDecl)
2439 return GDecl;
2440 }
2441 }
2442 return GDecl;
2443}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002444
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002445Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002446Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2447 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002448 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2449 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2450 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2451 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2452 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2453
2454 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2455 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2456 //
2457 // T* t;
2458 // t.f;
2459 //
2460 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2461 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2462 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2463 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002464 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002465 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2466 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002467 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002468 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002469 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002470 return ExprError();
2471 }
2472 }
2473
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002474 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
2475 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002476
2477 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2478 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002479 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002480 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2481 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2482 SS.getRange(),
2483 FirstQualifierInScope,
2484 Name, NameLoc,
2485 TemplateArgs));
2486}
2487
2488/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2489/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2490/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2491static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2492 Expr *BaseExpr,
2493 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002494 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002495 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002496 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2497 // diagnostics.
2498 if (!BaseExpr)
2499 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002500
2501 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2502 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002503 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002504 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002505 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002506}
2507
2508// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2509// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2510// type. The restriction here is:
2511//
2512// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2513// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2514// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2515//
2516// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2517// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2518// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2519// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2520bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2521 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002522 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002523 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002524 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2525 if (!BaseRT) {
2526 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2527 // dependent.
2528 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2529 return false;
2530 }
2531 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002532
2533 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002534 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2535 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002536 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002537 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002538
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002539 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2540 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2541 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2542 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2543
2544 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2545 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2546
2547 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2548 return false;
2549 }
2550
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002551 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002552 return true;
2553}
2554
2555static bool
2556LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2557 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002558 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002559 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2560 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002561 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002562 << BaseRange))
2563 return true;
2564
2565 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2566 if (SS.isSet()) {
2567 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2568 // nested-name-specifier.
2569 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2570
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002571 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2572 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2573 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2574 return true;
2575 }
2576
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002577 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002578
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002579 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2580 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2581 << DC << SS.getRange();
2582 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002583 }
2584 }
2585
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002586 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2587 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002588
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002589 if (!R.empty())
2590 return false;
2591
2592 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2593 // for typos.
2594 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00002595 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) &&
2596 !R.empty() &&
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002597 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2598 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2599 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002600 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2601 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002602 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2603 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2604 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002605 return false;
2606 } else {
2607 R.clear();
2608 }
2609
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002610 return false;
2611}
2612
2613Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002614Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002615 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002616 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002617 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2618 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2619 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2620 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2621
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002622 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2623 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002624 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002625 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2626 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2627 Name, NameLoc,
2628 TemplateArgs);
2629
2630 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002632 // Implicit member accesses.
2633 if (!Base) {
2634 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2635 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2636 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2637 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2638 OpLoc, SS))
2639 return ExprError();
2640
2641 // Explicit member accesses.
2642 } else {
2643 OwningExprResult Result =
2644 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002645 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002646
2647 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2648 Owned(Base);
2649 return ExprError();
2650 }
2651
2652 if (Result.get())
2653 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002654 }
2655
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002656 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002657 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2658 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002659}
2660
2661Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002662Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2663 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2664 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002665 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002666 LookupResult &R,
2667 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2668 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002669 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670 if (IsArrow) {
2671 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2672 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2673 }
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002674 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002675
2676 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2677 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2678 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2679 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2680
2681 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002682 return ExprError();
2683
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002684 if (R.empty()) {
2685 // Rederive where we looked up.
2686 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2687 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2688 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002689
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002690 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002691 << MemberName << DC
2692 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002693 return ExprError();
2694 }
2695
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002696 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2697 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2698 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2699 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2700 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2701 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2702 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2703 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2704 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2705 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2706 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002707 return ExprError();
2708
2709 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2710 // result.
2711 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002712 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002713 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002714 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002715 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002716
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002717 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2718 // pick a member.
2719 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2720
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002721 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2722 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2723 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002724 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2725 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002726 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2727 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2728 TemplateArgs);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002729 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002730
2731 return Owned(MemExpr);
2732 }
2733
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002734 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002735 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002736 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2737
2738 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2739
2740 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2741 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2742 // error cases.
2743 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2744 return ExprError();
2745
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002746 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2747 if (!BaseExpr) {
2748 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002749 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002750 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2751
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002752 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2753 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2754 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2755 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002756 }
2757
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002758 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2759 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2760 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2761 // explicitly qualified.
2762 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2763 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2764 }
2765
2766 // Check the use of this member.
2767 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2768 Owned(BaseExpr);
2769 return ExprError();
2770 }
2771
2772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2773 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2774 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002775 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2776 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002777 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2778 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2779
2780 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2781 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2782 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2783 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2784 else {
2785 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2786 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2787 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2788
2789 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2790 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2791
2792 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2793 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2794 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2795 }
2796
2797 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002798 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002799 return ExprError();
2800 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002801 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002802 }
2803
2804 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2805 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2806 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002807 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002808 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2809 }
2810
2811 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2812 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2813 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002814 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002815 MemberFn->getType()));
2816 }
2817
2818 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2819 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2820 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002821 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002822 }
2823
2824 Owned(BaseExpr);
2825
2826 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2827 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2828 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2829
2830 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2831 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2832 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2833 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2834 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2835 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2836}
2837
2838/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2839/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2840/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2841/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2842/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2843/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2844/// an ordinary member expression.
2845///
2846/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2847/// fixed for ObjC++.
2848Sema::OwningExprResult
2849Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002850 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002851 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002852 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002853 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002855 // Perform default conversions.
2856 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002857
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002858 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002859 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2860
2861 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2862 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002863
2864 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002865 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002866 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2867 // call, and continue on.
2868 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2869 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2870 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2871 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2872 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002873 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2874 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002875 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2876 ->isRecordType()))) {
2877 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2879 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002880 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002881
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002882 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002883 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002884 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2885 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002886 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002887
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002888 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2889 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2890 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2891 }
2892 }
2893 }
2894
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002895 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2896 // use that.
2897 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002898 if (IsArrow) {
2899 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2900 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2901 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2902 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2903 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002904 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2905 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002906 }
2907 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002908 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2909 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2910 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2911 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002912 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002913 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002914 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002915
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002916 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2917 // use that.
2918 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2919 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2920 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2921 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2922 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2923 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2924 }
2925 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002926
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002927 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002928
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002929 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002930 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002931 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2932 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2933 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2934 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2935 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2936 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2937 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2938 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2939 // Check the use of this method.
2940 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2941 return ExprError();
2942 }
2943 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2944 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2945 Selector SetterSel =
2946 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2947 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2948 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2949 if (!Setter) {
2950 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2951 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002952 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002953 }
2954 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2955 if (!Setter)
2956 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002957
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002958 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2959 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002960
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002961 if (Getter || Setter) {
2962 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002963
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002964 if (Getter)
2965 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2966 else
2967 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2968 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2969 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002970 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002971 PType,
2972 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2973 }
2974 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2975 << MemberName << BaseType);
2976 }
2977 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002978
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002979 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2980 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2981 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002982 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002983 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002984
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002985 if (IsArrow) {
2986 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002987 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002988 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2989 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002990 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2991 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2992 // struct MyRecord foo;
2993 // foo->bar
2994 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2995 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2996 // by now.
2997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2998 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002999 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003000 IsArrow = false;
3001 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003002 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
3003 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3004 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003005 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003006 } else {
3007 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3008 // type *foo;
3009 // foo.bar
3010 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3011 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3012 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3013 // the appropriate pointer type
3014 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3015 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3016 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3017 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3018 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003019 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003020 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3021 IsArrow = true;
3022 }
3023 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003024 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003025
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003026 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3027 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003028 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003029 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3030 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003031 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003032 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003033 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003034
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003035 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3036 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003037 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3038 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003039 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003040 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003041 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003042 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003043 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3044
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003045 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3046 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003047 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003048
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003049 if (!IV) {
3050 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3051 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3052 LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00003053 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003054 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003055 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003056 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3057 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003058 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3059 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003060 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003061 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003062 }
3063 }
3064
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003065 if (IV) {
3066 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3067 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3068 // error cases.
3069 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3070 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003071
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003072 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3073 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3074 return ExprError();
3075 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3076 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3077 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3078 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3079 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3080 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3081 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3082 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3083 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3084 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3085 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3086 // AST for a function decl.
3087 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003089 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3090 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3091 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3092 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3093 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3094 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095
3096 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3097 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003098 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003099 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003100 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003101 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3102 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003104 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003105 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003106
3107 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3108 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003109 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003110 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003111 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003112 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003113 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003114 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003115 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003116 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003117 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3118 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003119 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003120 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003122 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003123 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003124 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3125 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3126 // Check the use of this declaration
3127 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3128 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003129
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003130 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3131 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3132 }
3133 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3134 // Check the use of this method.
3135 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3136 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137
Douglas Gregor9a129192010-04-21 00:45:42 +00003138 return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context,
3139 OMD->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
3140 OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel,
3141 OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc));
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003142 }
3143 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003144
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003145 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003146 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003147 }
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003148
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003149 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3150 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner2b1ca5f2010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003151 if (!IsArrow)
3152 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3153 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattner90c58fa2010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003154 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003156 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003157 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003158 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003159 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003160 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003161 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003162
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003163 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003164 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003165 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003166 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3167 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003168 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003169 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003170 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003171 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003172
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003173 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3174 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3175
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003176 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003177}
3178
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003179/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3180/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3181/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3182/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3183/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3184///
3185/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3186/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3187/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3188/// only be called
3189/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3190/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3191/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3192Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3193 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3194 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003195 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003196 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3197 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3198 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3199 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3200 return ExprError();
3201
3202 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3203
3204 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3205 DeclarationName Name;
3206 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3207 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3208 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3209 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3210
3211 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3212
3213 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3214 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3215 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3216
3217 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3218 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3219
3220 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3221 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor41f90302010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003222 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3223 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003224 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003225 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3226 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3227 Name, NameLoc,
3228 TemplateArgs);
3229 } else {
3230 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3231 if (TemplateArgs) {
3232 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3233 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3234 } else {
3235 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003236 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003237
3238 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3239 Owned(Base);
3240 return ExprError();
3241 }
3242
3243 if (Result.get()) {
3244 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3245 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3246 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3247 // call now.
3248 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3249 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003250 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003251
3252 return move(Result);
3253 }
3254 }
3255
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003256 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003257 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3258 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003259 }
3260
3261 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003262}
3263
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003264Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3265 FunctionDecl *FD,
3266 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3267 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3268 Diag (CallLoc,
3269 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3270 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003272 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3273 } else {
3274 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3275 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3276
3277 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor8c702532010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003278 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3279 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003280
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003281 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3282 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003283 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003284
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003285 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003287 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003288
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003289 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3290 InitializedEntity Entity
3291 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3292 InitializationKind Kind
3293 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3294 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3295 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3296
3297 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003298 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003299 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3300 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003301 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003302
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003303 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003304 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003305 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003306 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003308 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3309 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3310 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003311 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3312 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003313 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3314 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003315 }
3316
3317 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003318 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003319}
3320
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003321/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3322/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3323/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3324/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3325/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3326/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327bool
3328Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003329 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003330 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003331 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3332 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003334 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3335 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003336 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003337
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003338 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3339 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3340 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3341 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3342 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherabf1e182010-04-16 04:48:22 +00003343 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3344 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003345 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003346 }
3347
3348 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3349 // them.
3350 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3351 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3352 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3353 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopher2a5aaff2010-04-16 04:56:46 +00003354 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3355 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003356 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3357 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3358 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003359 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003360 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003361 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003362 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003363 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003364 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003365 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3366 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3367 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3368 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3369 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003370 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003371 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003372 if (Invalid)
3373 return true;
3374 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3375 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3376 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003377
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003378 return false;
3379}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003381bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3382 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3383 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3384 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3385 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3386 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003387 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003388 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3389 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3390 bool Invalid = false;
3391 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3392 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3393 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3394 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003395 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003396 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003397 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003398
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003399 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003400 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3401 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003402
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003403 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3404 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003405 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003406 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003407 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003408
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003409 // Pass the argument
3410 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3411 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3412 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003413
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003414
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003415 InitializedEntity Entity =
3416 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3417 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3418 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3419 SourceLocation(),
3420 Owned(Arg));
3421 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3422 return true;
3423
3424 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003425 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003426 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003427
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003429 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003430 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3431 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003432
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003433 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003434 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003435 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003436 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003437
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003438 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003439 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003440 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003441 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003442 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003443 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003444 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 }
3446 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003447 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003448}
3449
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003450/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003451/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3452/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003453Action::OwningExprResult
3454Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3455 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003456 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003457 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003458
3459 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3460 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003462 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003463 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003464 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003467 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3468 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3469 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3470 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3471 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003473 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3474 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003476 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3477 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003479 NumArgs = 0;
3480 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003482 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3483 RParenLoc));
3484 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003486 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003487 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003488 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3489 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003490 bool Dependent = false;
3491 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3492 Dependent = true;
3493 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3494 Dependent = true;
3495
3496 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003497 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003498 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3499
3500 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3501 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3502 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3503 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3504
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003505 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3506
3507 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3508 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3509 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3510 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3511 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3512 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3513 // method template.
3514 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3515 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003516 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003517
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003518 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3519 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003520 }
3521
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003522 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003523 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003524 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003525 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003526 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3527 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003528 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003529
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003530 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003531 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003532 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3533 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003534 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003535 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3536 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003537
3538 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3539 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003540 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3541 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003542
3543 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3544 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003545 TheCall.get(), 0))
3546 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003547
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003548 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003549 RParenLoc))
3550 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003551
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003552 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3553 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003554 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003555 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3556 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003557 }
3558 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003559 }
3560
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003561 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003562 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003563 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003564
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003565 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003566 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3567 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
Douglas Gregor2fb18b72010-04-14 20:27:54 +00003568 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003569 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003570 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003571
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003572 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3573 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3574 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3575
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003576 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3577}
3578
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003579/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3580/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003581/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3582/// block-pointer type.
3583///
3584/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3585Sema::OwningExprResult
3586Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3587 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3588 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3589 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3590 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3591
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003592 // Promote the function operand.
3593 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3594
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003595 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3596 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003597 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3598 Args, NumArgs,
3599 Context.BoolTy,
3600 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003601
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003602 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3603 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3604 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3605 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003606 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003607 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003608 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3609 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003610 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003611 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003612 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003613 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003614 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003615 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003616 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3617 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3618
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003619 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003620 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003621 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3622 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003623 return ExprError();
3624
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003625 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003626 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003627
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003628 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003630 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003631 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003632 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003633 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003634
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003635 if (FDecl) {
3636 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3637 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3638 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003639 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003640 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003641 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003642 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3643 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3644 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3645 }
3646 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003647 }
3648
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003649 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003650 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3651 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3652 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003653 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3654 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003655 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3656 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003657 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003658 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003659 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003660 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003661
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003662 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3663 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003664 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3665 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003666
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003667 // Check for sentinels
3668 if (NDecl)
3669 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003671 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003672 if (FDecl) {
3673 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3674 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003676 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003677 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3678 } else if (NDecl) {
3679 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3680 return ExprError();
3681 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003682
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003683 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003684}
3685
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003686Action::OwningExprResult
3687Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3688 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003689 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003690 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003691 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003692
3693 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3694 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3695 if (!TInfo)
3696 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3697
3698 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3699}
3700
3701Action::OwningExprResult
3702Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3703 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3704 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003705 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003706
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003707 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003708 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003709 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3710 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003711 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3712 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003713 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003714 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003715 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003716 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003717
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003718 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003719 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003720 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003721 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003722 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003723 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3724 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3725 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3726 &literalType);
3727 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003728 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003729 InitExpr.release();
3730 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003731
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003732 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003733 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003734 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003735 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003736 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003737
3738 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003739
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003740 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003741 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003742}
3743
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003744Action::OwningExprResult
3745Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003746 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3747 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3748 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003749
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003750 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003751 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003752
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00003753 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3754 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003755 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003756 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003757}
3758
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003759static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3760 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003761 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003762 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3763
3764 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3765 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003766 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3767 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003768 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003769 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3770 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3771 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003772
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003773 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3774 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3775 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3776 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3777 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3778 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3779 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3780 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003781
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003782 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3783 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3784 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3785 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3786 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3787 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003788
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003789 // FIXME: Assert here.
3790 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3791 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3792}
3793
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003794/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003795bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003796 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003797 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003798 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003799 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003800
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003801 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003802
3803 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3804 // type needs to be scalar.
3805 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3806 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003807 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3808 return false;
3809 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003810
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003811 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003812 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003813 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3814 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003815 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003816 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3817 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003818 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003819 return false;
3820 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003821
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003822 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003823 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003824 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003825 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003826 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003827 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003828 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003829 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003830 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3831 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3832 break;
3833 }
3834 }
3835 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3836 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3837 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003838 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003839 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003840 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003841
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003842 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3843 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3844 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3845 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003846
3847 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003848 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003849 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3850 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003851 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003852 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003853
3854 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003855 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003856
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003857 if (castType->isVectorType())
3858 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3859 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3860 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3861
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003862 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3863 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003864
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003865 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003866 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3867 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3868 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3869 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3870 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3871 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3872 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3873 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3874 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3875 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003876 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003877
3878 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003879 return false;
3880}
3881
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003882bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3883 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003884 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003885
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003886 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003887 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003888 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003889 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003890 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003891 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003892 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003893 } else
3894 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003895 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003896 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003898 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003899 return false;
3900}
3901
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003902bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003903 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003904 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003905
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003906 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003907
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003908 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3909 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003910 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3911 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3912 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3913 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003914 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003915 return false;
3916 }
3917
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003918 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003919 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3920 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003921 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3922 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3923 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3924 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003925
3926 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3927 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3928 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003929
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003930 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003931 return false;
3932}
3933
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003934Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003935Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003936 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3937 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3938 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003939
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003940 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3941 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3942 if (!castTInfo)
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003943 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003944
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003945 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003946 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003947 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003948 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3949 castTInfo);
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003950
3951 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3952}
3953
3954Action::OwningExprResult
3955Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3956 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3957 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3958
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003959 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Anders Carlsson5d270e82010-04-24 18:38:56 +00003960 // FIXME: Initialize base path!
3961 CXXBaseSpecifierArray BasePath;
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003962 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003963 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003964 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003965
Douglas Gregorb33eed02010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003966 Op.release();
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003967 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson5d270e82010-04-24 18:38:56 +00003968 Kind, castExpr, BasePath, Ty,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003969 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003970}
3971
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003972/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3973/// of comma binary operators.
3974Action::OwningExprResult
3975Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3976 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3977 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3978 if (!E)
3979 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003980
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003981 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003983 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3984 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3985 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003986
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003987 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3988}
3989
3990Action::OwningExprResult
3991Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3992 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003993 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003994 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003995 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003996
3997 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003998 // then handle it as such.
3999 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4000 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4001 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4002 return ExprError();
4003 }
4004
4005 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4006 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4007 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4008
4009 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4010 // braces instead of the original commas.
4011 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004012 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4013 &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004014 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4015 E->setType(Ty);
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004016 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004017 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004018 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004019 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4020 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004021 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004022 }
4023}
4024
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004025Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004026 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004027 MultiExprArg Val,
4028 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004029 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4030 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004031 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4032 Expr *expr;
4033 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4034 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4035 else
4036 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004037 return Owned(expr);
4038}
4039
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004040/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4041/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004042/// C99 6.5.15
4043QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4044 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004045 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4047 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4048
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004049 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004050
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004051 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4052 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4053 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4054 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4055 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4056 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004057
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004058 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004059 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4060 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4061 << CondTy;
4062 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004063 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004064
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004065 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004066 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4067 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004068
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004069 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4070 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004071 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4072 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4073 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004074 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004076 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4077 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004078 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4079 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004080 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004082 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004083 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004084 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004085 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004086
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004087 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004088 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004089 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4090 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4091 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4092 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4093 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4094 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4095 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004096 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4097 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004098 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004099 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004100 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4101 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004102 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004103 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004104 // promote the null to a pointer.
4105 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004106 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004107 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004108 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004109 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004110 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004111 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004112 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004113
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004114 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4115 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4116 QuestionLoc);
4117 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4118 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004119
4120
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004121 // Handle block pointer types.
4122 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4123 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4124 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4125 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004126 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4127 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004128 return destType;
4129 }
4130 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004131 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004132 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004133 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004134 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4135 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4136 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004137 return LHSTy;
4138 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004139 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004140 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4141 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004142
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004143 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4144 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004145 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004146 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004147 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4148 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4149 // to get a consistent AST.
4150 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004151 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4152 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004153 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004154 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004155 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004156 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4157 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004158 return LHSTy;
4159 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004160
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004161 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4162 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4163 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004164 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4165 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004166
4167 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4168 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4169 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004170 QualType destPointee
4171 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004172 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004173 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4174 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4175 // Promote to void*.
4176 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004177 return destType;
4178 }
4179 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004180 QualType destPointee
4181 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004182 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004183 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004184 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004185 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004186 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004187 return destType;
4188 }
4189
4190 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4191 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4192 return LHSTy;
4193 }
4194 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4195 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4196 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4197 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4198 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4199 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4200 // to get a consistent AST.
4201 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004202 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4203 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004204 return incompatTy;
4205 }
4206 // The pointer types are compatible.
4207 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4208 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4209 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4210 // type.
4211 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4212 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004213 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4214 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004215 return LHSTy;
4216 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004217
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004218 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4219 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4220 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4221 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004222 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004223 return RHSTy;
4224 }
4225 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4226 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4227 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004228 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004229 return LHSTy;
4230 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004231
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004232 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004233 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4234 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004235 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004236}
4237
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004238/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4239/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4240QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4241 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4242 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4243 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004244
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004245 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4246 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4247 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4248 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4249 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4250 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4251 return LHSTy;
4252 }
4253 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4254 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4255 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4256 return RHSTy;
4257 }
4258 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4259 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4260 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4261 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4262 return LHSTy;
4263 }
4264 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4265 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4266 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4267 return RHSTy;
4268 }
4269 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4270 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4271 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4272 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4273 return LHSTy;
4274 }
4275 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4276 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4277 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4278 return RHSTy;
4279 }
4280 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4281 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004282
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004283 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4284 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4285 return LHSTy;
4286 }
4287 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4288 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4289 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004290
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004291 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4292 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4293 // type. This allows
4294 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4295 // where B is a subclass of A.
4296 //
4297 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4298 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4299 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4300 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004301
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004302 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4303 // It could return the composite type.
4304 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4305 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4306 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4307 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4308 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4309 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4310 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4311 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4312 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4313 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4314 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4315 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4316 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4317 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004318 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004319 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4320 ;
4321 else {
4322 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4323 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4324 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4325 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4326 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4327 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4328 return incompatTy;
4329 }
4330 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4331 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4332 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4333 return compositeType;
4334 }
4335 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4336 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4337 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4338 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4339 QualType destPointee
4340 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4341 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4342 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4343 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4344 // Promote to void*.
4345 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4346 return destType;
4347 }
4348 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4349 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4350 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4351 QualType destPointee
4352 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4353 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4354 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4355 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4356 // Promote to void*.
4357 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4358 return destType;
4359 }
4360 return QualType();
4361}
4362
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004363/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004364/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004365Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4366 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4367 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4368 ExprArg RHS) {
4369 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4370 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004371
4372 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4373 // was the condition.
4374 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4375 if (isLHSNull)
4376 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004377
4378 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004379 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004380 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004381 return ExprError();
4382
4383 Cond.release();
4384 LHS.release();
4385 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004386 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004387 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004388 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004389}
4390
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004391// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004392// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004393// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4394// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4395// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004397Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004398 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004399
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004400 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4401 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4402 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4403 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4404 return Compatible;
4405 }
4406
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004407 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004408 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4409 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004410
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004411 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004412 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4413 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004414
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004415 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
4417 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4418 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4419 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004420 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004421 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004422 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004423
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004424 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4425 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004426 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004427 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004428 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004429 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004430
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004431 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004432 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4433 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004434 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004436 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004437 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004438 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004439
4440 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004441 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4442 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004443 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004445 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004446 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4447 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4448 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4449 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4450 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4451 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004452 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004453 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004454 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004455 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004456
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004457 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004458 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004459 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004460 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004461
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004462 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4463 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4464 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4465 // warning can be disabled.
4466 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4467 return ConvTy;
4468 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4469 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004470
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004471 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4472 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4473 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4474 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4475 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4476 do {
4477 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4478 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004479
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004480 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4481 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4482 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004483
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004484 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004485 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004486 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004487
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004488 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004489 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004490 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004491 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004492}
4493
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004494/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4495/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4496/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4497// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004498Sema::AssignConvertType
4499Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004500 QualType rhsType) {
4501 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004503 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004504 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4505 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004506
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004507 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4508 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4509 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004510
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004511 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004512
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004513 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004514 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004515 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004517 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4518 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4519 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4520 }
4521 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004522 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004523 return ConvTy;
4524}
4525
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004526/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4527/// for assignment compatibility.
4528Sema::AssignConvertType
4529Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004530 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4531 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004532 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4533 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004534 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004535 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004536 }
4537 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4538 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004539 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4540 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004541 return IncompatiblePointer;
4542 return Compatible;
4543 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004544 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004545 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004546 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004547 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4548 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4549 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4550 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4551 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4552 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004553
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004554 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4555 return Compatible;
4556 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4557 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004558 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004559}
4560
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004561/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4562/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004563/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4564///
4565/// int a, *pint;
4566/// short *pshort;
4567/// struct foo *pfoo;
4568///
4569/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4570/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4571/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4572/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4573///
4574/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004576///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004577Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004578Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004579 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4580 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004581 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4582 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004583
4584 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004585 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004586
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004587 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4588 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4589 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4590 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4591 return Compatible;
4592 }
4593
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004594 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4595 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4596 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4597 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4598 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4599 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4600 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004601 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004602 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004603 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004604 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004605 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004606 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4607 // to the same ExtVector type.
4608 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4609 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4610 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4611 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4612 return Compatible;
4613 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004614
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004615 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004616 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004617 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004618 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004619 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4620 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004621 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004622 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004623 }
4624 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004625 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004626
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004627 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004628 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004629
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004630 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004631 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004632 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004633
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004634 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004635 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004637 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004638 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004639 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4640 return Compatible;
4641 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004643 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4644 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004645 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004646
4647 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004648 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004649 return Compatible;
4650 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004651 return Incompatible;
4652 }
4653
4654 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4655 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004656 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004658 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004659 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004660 return Compatible;
4661
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004662 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4663 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004664
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004665 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004666 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004667 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004668 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004669 return Incompatible;
4670 }
4671
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004672 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4673 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4674 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004675
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004676 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004677 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004678 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4679 return Compatible;
4680 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004681 }
4682 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004683 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004684 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004685 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004686 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4687 return Compatible;
4688 }
4689 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4690 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4691 return Compatible;
4692 return Incompatible;
4693 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004694 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004695 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004696 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4697 return Compatible;
4698
4699 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004700 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004701
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004702 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004703 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004704
4705 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004706 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004707 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004708 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004709 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004710 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4711 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4712 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4713 return Compatible;
4714
4715 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4716 return PointerToInt;
4717
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004718 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004719 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004720 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4721 return Compatible;
4722 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004723 }
4724 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004725 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004726 return Compatible;
4727 return Incompatible;
4728 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004729
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004730 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004731 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004732 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004733 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004734 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004735}
4736
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004737/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4738/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004739static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004740 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4741 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4742 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekac034612010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004743 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004744 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004745 SourceLocation());
4746 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4747 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4748
4749 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4750 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004751 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004752 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004753 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004754}
4755
4756Sema::AssignConvertType
4757Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4758 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4759
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004760 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004761 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4762 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004763 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004764 return Incompatible;
4765
4766 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4767 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4768 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4769 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004770 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4771 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004772 it != itend; ++it) {
4773 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4774 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4775 // 1) void pointer
4776 // 2) null pointer constant
4777 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004778 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004779 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004780 InitField = *it;
4781 break;
4782 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004783
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004784 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004785 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004786 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004787 InitField = *it;
4788 break;
4789 }
4790 }
4791
4792 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4793 == Compatible) {
4794 InitField = *it;
4795 break;
4796 }
4797 }
4798
4799 if (!InitField)
4800 return Incompatible;
4801
4802 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4803 return Compatible;
4804}
4805
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004806Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004807Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004808 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4809 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4810 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4811 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4812 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004813 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004814 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004815 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004816 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004817 }
4818
4819 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4820 // structures.
4821 }
4822
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004823 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4824 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004825 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4826 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004827 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004828 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004829 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004830 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004831 return Compatible;
4832 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004833
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004834 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004835 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004836 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004837 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004838 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004840 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004841 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004842
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004843 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4844 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004845
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004846 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4847 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004848 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4849 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4850 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4851 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004852 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004853 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4854 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004855 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004856}
4857
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004858QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004860 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004861 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004862 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004863}
4864
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004865QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004866 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004867 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004868 QualType lhsType =
4869 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4870 QualType rhsType =
4871 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004873 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004874 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004875 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004876
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004877 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4878 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004879 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4880 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004881 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4882 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004883 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004884 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004885 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004886 }
4887 }
4888 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004890 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4891 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4892 bool swapped = false;
4893 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4894 swapped = true;
4895 std::swap(rex, lex);
4896 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4897 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004898
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004899 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004900 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004901 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4902 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4903 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004904 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004905 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4906 return lhsType;
4907 }
4908 }
4909 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4910 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4911 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004912 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004913 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4914 return lhsType;
4915 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004916 }
4917 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004918
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004919 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004921 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004922 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004923 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004924}
4925
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004926QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4927 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004928 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004929 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004930
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004931 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004932
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004933 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4934 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4935 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004936
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004937 // Check for division by zero.
4938 if (isDiv &&
4939 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004940 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004941 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004942
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004943 return compType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004944}
4945
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004946QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004947 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004948 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4949 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4950 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4951 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4952 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004953
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004954 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004955
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004956 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4957 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004958
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004959 // Check for remainder by zero.
4960 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004961 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4962 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004963
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004964 return compType;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004965}
4966
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004967QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004968 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004969 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4970 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4971 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4972 return compType;
4973 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004974
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004975 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004976
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004977 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004978 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4979 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4980 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004981 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004982 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004983
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004984 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4985 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004986 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004987 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4988
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004989 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004990
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004991 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004992 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004993
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004994 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4995 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004998 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004999 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005000 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005001
5002 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5003 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5004 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005005 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005006 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5007 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5008 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5009 return QualType();
5010 }
5011
5012 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5013 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5014 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005015 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005016 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005017 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005018 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005019 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5020 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005021 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5022 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005023 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005024 return QualType();
5025 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005026 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5027 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5029 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5030 return QualType();
5031 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005032
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005033 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005034 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5035 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5036 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5037 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5038 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005039 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005040 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5041 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005042 return PExp->getType();
5043 }
5044 }
5045
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005046 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005047}
5048
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005049// C99 6.5.6
5050QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005051 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5052 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5053 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5054 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5055 return compType;
5056 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005057
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005058 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005059
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005060 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005061
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005062 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005063 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5064 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005065 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005066 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005067 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005068
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005069 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005070 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005071 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005072
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005073 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005074
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005075 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5076 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5077 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5078 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5079 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5080 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5081 return QualType();
5082 }
5083
5084 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5085 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5086 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5087 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5088 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005089 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005090 return QualType();
5091 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005092
5093 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5094 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5095 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005096 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005097 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005098 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005099 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005100 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005101
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005102 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5103 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5104 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5105 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5106 return QualType();
5107 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005108
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005109 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005110 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5111 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5112 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5113 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5114 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5115 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005116 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005117 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5118
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005119 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005120 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005121 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005123 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005124 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005125 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005127 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5128 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5129 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5130 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5132 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5133 return QualType();
5134 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005135
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005136 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5137 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5138 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5139 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005140 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005141 return QualType();
5142 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005143
5144 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5145 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5146 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5147 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5148 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005149 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5150 << rex->getSourceRange()
5151 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005152 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005153
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5155 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5156 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5157 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5158 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5159 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5160 return QualType();
5161 }
5162 } else {
5163 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5164 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5165 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5166 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5167 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5168 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5169 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5170 return QualType();
5171 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005172 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005173
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005174 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5175 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5176 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5177 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5178 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005179 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005180 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005181
5182 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005183 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5184 }
5185 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005186
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005187 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005188}
5189
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005190// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005191QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005192 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005193 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5194 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005195 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005197 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5198 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5199 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5200
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005201 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5202 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005203 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5204 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5205 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5206 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5207 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005208 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005209 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005210 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005211
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005212 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005213
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005214 // Sanity-check shift operands
5215 llvm::APSInt Right;
5216 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005217 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5218 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005219 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005220 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5221 else {
5222 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5223 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5224 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5225 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5226 }
5227 }
5228
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005229 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005230 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005231}
5232
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005233// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005234QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005235 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5236 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5237
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005238 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005239 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005240 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005241
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005242 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005243
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005244 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005245 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5246 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5247 else {
5248 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5249 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5250 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005251 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5252 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005253
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005254 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5255 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005256 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5257 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5258 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005259 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005260 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005261 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5262 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5263 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5264 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005265 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5266 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005267 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005268
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005269 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5270 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5271 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5272 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005273
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005274 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5275 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005276 Expr *literalString = 0;
5277 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005278 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005279 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005280 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005281 literalString = lex;
5282 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005283 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5284 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005285 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005286 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005287 literalString = rex;
5288 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5289 }
5290
5291 if (literalString) {
5292 std::string resultComparison;
5293 switch (Opc) {
5294 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5295 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5296 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5297 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5298 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5299 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5300 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5301 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005302
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005303 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5304 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5305 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek800b66b2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005306 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005307 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005308 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005309
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005310 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005311 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005312
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005313 if (isRelational) {
5314 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005315 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005316 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005317 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005318 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005319 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005320
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005321 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005322 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005323 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005324
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005325 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005326 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005327 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005328 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005329
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005330 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5331 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5332 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005333 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005334 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005335 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005336 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005337 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005338
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005339 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005340 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5341 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005342 if (!isRelational &&
5343 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5344 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5345 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5346 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5347 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5348 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5349 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5350 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5351 return ResultTy;
5352 }
5353 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005354 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5355 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5356 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5357 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5358 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5359 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005360 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005361 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005362 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005363 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005364 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005365 if (T.isNull()) {
5366 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5367 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5368 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005369 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005370 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005371 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005372 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005373 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005374 }
5375
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005376 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5377 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005378 return ResultTy;
5379 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005380 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5381 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5382 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5383 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5384 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5385 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5386 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5387 }
5388 } else if (!isRelational &&
5389 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5390 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5391 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5392 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5393 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5394 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5395 }
5396 } else {
5397 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005398 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005399 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005400 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005401 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005402 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005403 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005404 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005405
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005407 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005408 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005409 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005410 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5411 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005412 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005413 return ResultTy;
5414 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005415 if (LHSIsNull &&
5416 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5417 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005418 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005419 return ResultTy;
5420 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005421
5422 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005423 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005424 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5425 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005426 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5427 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5428 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5429 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5430 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5431 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5432 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5433 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005434 // types.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005435 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor19175ff2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005436 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005437 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005438 if (T.isNull()) {
5439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005440 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005441 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005442 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005443 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005444 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005445 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005446 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005447 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005448
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005449 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5450 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005451 return ResultTy;
5452 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005453
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005454 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005455 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5456 return ResultTy;
5457 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005458
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005459 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005460 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005461 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5462 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005463
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005464 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005465 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005467 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005468 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005469 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005470 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005471 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005472 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005473 if (!isRelational
5474 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5475 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005476 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005477 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005478 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005479 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005480 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5481 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5482 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005483 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005484 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005485 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005486 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005487
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005488 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005489 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005490 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5491 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005492 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005493 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005494 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005495 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005496
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005497 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5498 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005499 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005500 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005501 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005502 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005503 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005504 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005505 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005506 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005507 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5508 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005509 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005510 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005511 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005512 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005513 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005514 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5515 if (RHSIsNull) {
5516 if (isRelational)
5517 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5518 } else if (isRelational)
5519 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5520 else
5521 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005522
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005523 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005524 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005525 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005526 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005527 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005528 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005529 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005530 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005531 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5532 if (LHSIsNull) {
5533 if (isRelational)
5534 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5535 } else if (isRelational)
5536 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5537 else
5538 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005539
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005540 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005541 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005542 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005543 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005544 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005545 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005546 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005547 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005548 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5549 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005550 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005551 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005552 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005553 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5554 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005555 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005556 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005557 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005558 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005559}
5560
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005561/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005562/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005563/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5564/// types.
5565QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005566 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005567 bool isRelational) {
5568 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5569 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005570 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005571 if (vType.isNull())
5572 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005573
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005574 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5575 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005576
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005577 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5578 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5579 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5580 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5581 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5582 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5583 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005584 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005585 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005586
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005587 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5588 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5589 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005590 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005591 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005592
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005593 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5594 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5595 // elements for floating point vectors.
5596 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5597 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005598
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005599 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005600 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005601 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005602 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005603 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005604 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5605
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005606 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005607 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005608 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5609}
5610
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005611inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005612 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005613 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005614 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005615
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005616 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005617
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005618 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005619 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005620 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005621}
5622
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005623inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005624 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005625 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5626 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5627 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005628
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005629 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5630 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005631
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005632 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005633 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005634
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005635 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5636 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5637 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5638 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5639 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5640 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5641 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005642
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005643 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005644 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005645 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005646
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005647 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5648 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5649 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5650 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005651
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005652 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005653 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005654 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005655
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005656 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5657 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5658 // The result is a bool.
5659 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005660}
5661
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005662/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5663/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5664/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5665///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005666static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005667 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5668 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5669 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5670 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005671 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005672 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5673 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5674 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5675 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005676 }
5677 }
5678 return false;
5679}
5680
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005681/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5682/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5683static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005684 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005685 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005686 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005687 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5688 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005689 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5690 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005691
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005692 unsigned Diag = 0;
5693 bool NeedType = false;
5694 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005695 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005696 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005697 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5698 NeedType = true;
5699 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005700 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005701 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5702 NeedType = true;
5703 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005704 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005705 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5706 break;
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005707 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5708 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005709 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005710 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5711 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005712 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5713 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005714 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5715 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005716 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005717 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005718 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005719 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005720 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5721 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005722 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005723 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5724 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005725 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5726 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5727 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005728 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5729 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5730 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005731 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5732 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5733 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005734 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005735
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005736 SourceRange Assign;
5737 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5738 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005739 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005740 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005741 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005742 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005743 return true;
5744}
5745
5746
5747
5748// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005749QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5750 SourceLocation Loc,
5751 QualType CompoundType) {
5752 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5753 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005754 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005755
5756 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5757 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005758
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005759 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005760 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005761 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005762 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005763 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5764 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5765 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005766 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005767 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005768 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005769 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005770
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005771 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5772 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5773 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005774 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005775 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5776 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5777 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5778 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5779 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005780 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005781 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005782 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5783 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5784 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005785 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5786 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005787 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5788 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5789 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005790 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005791 }
5792 } else {
5793 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005794 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005795 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005796
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005797 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005798 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005799 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005800
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005801 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5802 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005803 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005804 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5805 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005806 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005807 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005808 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005809}
5810
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005811// C99 6.5.17
5812QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005813 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005814 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5815 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5816 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005817
5818 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5819 // incomplete in C++).
5820
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005821 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005822}
5823
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005824/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5825/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005826QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5827 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005828 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5829 return Context.DependentTy;
5830
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005831 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5832 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005833
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005834 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5835 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5836 if (!isInc) {
5837 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5838 return QualType();
5839 }
5840 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5841 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5842 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005843 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005844 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5845 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005846
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005847 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005848 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5850 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5851 << Op->getSourceRange();
5852 return QualType();
5853 }
5854
5855 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005856 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005857 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005858 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5859 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5860 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5861 return QualType();
5862 }
5863
5864 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005865 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005866 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005867 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005868 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005869 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005870 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005871 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5872 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5873 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5874 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5875 return QualType();
5876 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005877 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005878 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5879 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005880 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005881 } else {
5882 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005883 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005884 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005885 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005886 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005887 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005888 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005889 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005890 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005891}
5892
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005893/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005894/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005895/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5896/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5897/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5898/// - &(x) => x
5899/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5900/// - &s.xx => s
5901/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5902/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5903/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5904/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005905static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005906 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005907 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005908 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005909 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005910 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5911 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5912 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005913 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005914 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005915 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005916 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005917 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005918 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5919 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005920 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5921 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5922 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5923 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5924 }
5925 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005926 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005927 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5928 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005929
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005930 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005931 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5932 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5933 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5934 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5935 default:
5936 return 0;
5937 }
5938 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005939 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005940 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005941 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005942 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5943 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005944 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005945 default:
5946 return 0;
5947 }
5948}
5949
5950/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005951/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005952/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005953/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005954/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005955/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005956/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005957QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005958 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5959 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5960
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005961 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5962 return Context.DependentTy;
5963
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005964 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5965 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5966 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5967 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5968 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5969 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5970 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5971 }
5972 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5973 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5974 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005975 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005976 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005977
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005978 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5979 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5980 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5981 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5982 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5983 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5984 // branch of the if, below.
5985 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5986 << dcl;
5987 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5988
5989 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5990 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5991 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5992 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005993 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5994 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5995 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5996 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5997 if (isSFINAEContext())
5998 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005999 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006000 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006001 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006002 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006003 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006004 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6005 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006006 return QualType();
6007 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006008 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006009 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6011 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006012 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson8abde4b2010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006013 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006014 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006015 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006016 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006017 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006018 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6019 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6020 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6021 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6022 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006023 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6024 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006025 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6026 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006027 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6028 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006029 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006030 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006031 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6032 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006033 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006034 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6035 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006036 return QualType();
6037 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006038 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006039 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006040 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006041 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006042 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6043 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006044 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006045 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006046 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6047 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006048 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006049 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6050 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6051 return QualType();
6052 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006053
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006054 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6055 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006056 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006057 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006058 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006059 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006060 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006061 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6062 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006063 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6064 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6065 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00006066 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006067 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006068
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006069 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6070 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6071 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6072 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6074 }
6075
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006076 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006077 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006078}
6079
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006080QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006081 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6082 return Context.DependentTy;
6083
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006084 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6085 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006086
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006087 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6088 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6089 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6090 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006091 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006092 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006093
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006094 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006095 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006096
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006097 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006098 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006099 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00006100}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006101
6102static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6103 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6104 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6105 switch (Kind) {
6106 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006107 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6108 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006109 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6110 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6111 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6112 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6113 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6114 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6115 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6116 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6117 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6118 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6119 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6120 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6121 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6122 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6123 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6124 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6125 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6126 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6127 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6128 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6129 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6130 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6131 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6132 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6133 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6134 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6135 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6136 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6137 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6138 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6139 }
6140 return Opc;
6141}
6142
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006143static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6144 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6145 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6146 switch (Kind) {
6147 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6148 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6149 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6150 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6151 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6152 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6153 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6154 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6155 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006156 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6157 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006158 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006159 }
6160 return Opc;
6161}
6162
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006163/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6164/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6165/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006166Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6167 unsigned Op,
6168 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006169 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006170 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006171 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6172 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6173 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006174
6175 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006176 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6177 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6178 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006179 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6180 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6181 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6182 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6183 break;
6184 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006185 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006186 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6187 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006188 break;
6189 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6190 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6191 break;
6192 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6193 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6194 break;
6195 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6196 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6197 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006198 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006199 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6200 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6201 break;
6202 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6203 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6204 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6205 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006206 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006207 break;
6208 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6209 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006210 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006211 break;
6212 case BinaryOperator::And:
6213 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6214 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6215 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6216 break;
6217 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6218 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6219 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6220 break;
6221 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6222 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006223 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6224 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006225 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6226 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6227 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006228 break;
6229 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006230 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6231 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6232 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6233 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006234 break;
6235 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006236 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6237 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6238 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006239 break;
6240 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006241 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6242 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6243 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006244 break;
6245 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6246 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006247 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6248 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6249 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6250 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006251 break;
6252 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6253 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6254 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006255 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6256 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6257 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6258 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006259 break;
6260 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6261 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6262 break;
6263 }
6264 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006265 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006266 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006267 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6268 else
6269 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006270 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6271 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006272}
6273
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006274/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6275/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006276static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6277 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006278 const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
6279 SourceRange FirstParenRange,
6280 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006281 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006282 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6283
6284 if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
6285 return;
6286
6287 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
6288 if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6289 // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006290 return;
6291 }
6292
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006293 Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
6294 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006295 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006296
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006297 if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006298 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006299
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006300 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6301 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6302 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6303 // warning/error and return.
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006304 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006305 return;
6306 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006307
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006308 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006309 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6310 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006311}
6312
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006313/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6314/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6315/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6316/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006317static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6318 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006319 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6320 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6321 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6322 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006323 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006324 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006325 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6326
6327 // Subs are not binary operators.
6328 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6329 return;
6330
6331 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6332 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006333 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6334 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006335 return;
6336
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006337 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006338 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006339 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006340 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6341 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006342 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006343 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006344 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()),
6345 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6346 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6347 lhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006348 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006349 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006350 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006351 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6352 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006353 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006354 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006355 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()),
6356 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6357 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6358 rhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006359}
6360
6361/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6362/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6363/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6364static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6365 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006366 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006367 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6368}
6369
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006370// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006371Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6372 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6373 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006374 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006375 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006376
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006377 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6378 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006379
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006380 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6381 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6382
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006383 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6384}
6385
6386Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6387 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6388 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006390 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006391 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6392 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6393 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6394 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6395 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006396 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006397 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006398 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6399 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6400 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006401
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006402 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6403 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006404 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006405 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006406
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006407 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006408 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006409}
6410
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006411Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006412 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006413 ExprArg InputArg) {
6414 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006415
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006416 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006417 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006418 QualType resultType;
6419 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006420 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6421 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6422 break;
6423
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006424 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6425 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006426 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6427 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006428 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006429 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6430 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006431 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006432 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006433 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006434 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006435 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006436 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006437 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006438 break;
6439 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6440 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006441 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6442 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006443 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6444 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006445 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6446 break;
6447 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6448 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6449 break;
6450 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6451 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6452 resultType->isPointerType())
6453 break;
6454
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006455 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6456 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006457 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006458 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6459 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006460 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6461 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006462 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6463 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6464 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006465 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006466 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006467 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006468 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6469 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006470 break;
6471 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006472 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006473 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006474 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006475 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6476 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006477 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006478 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6479 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006480 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006481 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6482 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006483 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006484 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006485 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006486 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006487 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006488 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006489 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006490 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006491 }
6492 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006493 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006494
6495 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006496 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006497}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006498
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006499Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6500 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6501 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006502 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006503 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6504 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006505 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6506 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6507 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6508 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006509 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006510 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006511 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6512 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6513 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006514
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006515 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6516 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006517
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006518 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6519}
6520
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006521// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6522Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6523 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6524 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6525}
6526
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006527/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006528Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6529 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6530 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006531 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006532 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006533
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006534 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6535 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006536 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006537 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006538
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006539 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006540 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6541 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006542}
6543
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006544Sema::OwningExprResult
6545Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6546 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6547 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006548 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6549 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6550
Douglas Gregor6cf3f3c2010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006551 bool isFileScope
6552 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006553 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006554 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006555
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006556 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6557 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6558 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006559
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006560 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6561 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6562 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006563
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006564 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6565 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6566 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6567 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6568 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006569
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006570 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006571 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006572 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006573
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006574 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6575 // expressions are not lvalues.
6576
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006577 substmt.release();
6578 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006579}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006580
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006581Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6582 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6583 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6584 TypeTy *argty,
6585 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6586 unsigned NumComponents,
6587 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6588 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6589 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006590 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6591 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006592 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006593
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006594 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6595
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006596 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6597 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6598 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006599 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006600 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006601
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006602 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6603 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006604
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006605 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6606 // the offsetof designators.
6607 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6608 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006609 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006610 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006611
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006612 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6613 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006614 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6615 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006616 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006617 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6618 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006619
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006620 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006621 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006622
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006623 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6624 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6625 return ExprError();
6626
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006627 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6628 // leaks like a sieve.
6629 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6630 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6631 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6632 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6633 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6634 if (!AT) {
6635 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006636 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6637 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006638 }
6639
6640 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6641
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006642 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6643 // expression.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006644 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006645
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006646 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6647 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006648 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006649 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006650 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006651 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006652 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006653
6654 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6655 OC.LocEnd);
6656 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006657 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006658
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006659 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006660 if (!RC) {
6661 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006662 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6663 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006664 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006665
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006666 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6667 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006668 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006669 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6670 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6671 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6672 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6673 << Res->getType()))
6674 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006675 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006676
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006677 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6678 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006679
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006680 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006681 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006682 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006683 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6684 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006685
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006686 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6687 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006688 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006689 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006690 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006691 } else {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006692 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6693 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006694 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6695 // doesn't matter here.
6696 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6697 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6698 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006699 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006700 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006701
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006702 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6703 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006704}
6705
6706
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006707Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6708 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6709 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006710 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6711 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6712 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006713
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006714 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006715
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006716 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6717 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6718 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6719 return ExprError();
6720 }
6721
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006722 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6723 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006724}
6725
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006726Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6727 ExprArg cond,
6728 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6729 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6730 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6731 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6732 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006733
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006734 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6735
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006736 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006737 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006738 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006739 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006740 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006741 } else {
6742 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6743 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6744 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6745 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006746 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6747 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6748 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006749
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006750 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6751 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006752 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6753 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006754 }
6755
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006756 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6757 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006758 resType, RPLoc,
6759 resType->isDependentType(),
6760 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006761}
6762
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006763//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6764// Clang Extensions.
6765//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6766
6767/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006768void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006769 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6770 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6771 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6772 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006773}
6774
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006775void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006776 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006777 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006778
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006779 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6780 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006781 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006782 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6783
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006784 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6785 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6786 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6787 return;
6788 }
6789
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006790 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6791 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006792 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6793 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006794
6795 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6796 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006797 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006798 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006799 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006800 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006801 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6802 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006803 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006804
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006805 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6806 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6807 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6808 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6809 return;
6810 }
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006811
6812 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006813 return;
6814 }
6815
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006816 // Analyze arguments to block.
6817 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6818 "Not a function declarator!");
6819 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006820
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006821 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6822 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006823
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006824 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6825 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6826 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6827 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006828 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6829 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006830 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006831 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006832 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ec502e2010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006833 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6834 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6835 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6836 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6837 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6838 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6839 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6840 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6841 }
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006842 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006843 }
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006844 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006845 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006846 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006847 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006848
6849 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6850 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6851
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006852 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006853 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6854 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6855
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006856 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006857 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6858 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6859 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6860
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006861 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006862 }
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006863 }
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006864
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006865 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006866 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006867 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006868 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006869 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006870 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6871 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006872
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006873 // Analyze the return type.
6874 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006875 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006876
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006877 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6878 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6879 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6880 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6881 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006882 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006883}
6884
6885/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6886/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6887void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006888 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006889 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006890 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006891 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006892}
6893
6894/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6895/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006896Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6897 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006898 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6899 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6900 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006901
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006902 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006903
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006904 PopDeclContext();
6905
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006906 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006907 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6908 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006909
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006910 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6911 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6912 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006913
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006914 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006915 QualType BlockTy;
6916 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006917 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006918 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006919 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006920 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006921 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006922 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006923
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006924 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006925 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006926 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006927
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006928 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006929 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006930 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006931
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006932 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006933
6934 bool Good = true;
6935 // Check goto/label use.
6936 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6937 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6938 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6939
6940 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6941 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6942 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6943 continue;
6944
6945 // Emit error.
6946 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6947 Good = false;
6948 }
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006949 if (!Good) {
6950 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006951 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006952 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006953
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006954 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenek0b405322010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006955 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6956 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6957 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006958
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006959 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6960 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006961 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006962 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006963}
6964
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006965Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6966 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6967 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006968 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006969 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6970 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006971
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006972 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006973
6974 // Get the va_list type
6975 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006976 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6977 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6978 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6979 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006980 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006981 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6982 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6983 } else {
6984 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6985 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006986 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006987 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006988 return ExprError();
6989 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006990
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006991 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6992 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006993 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6994 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006995 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006996 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006997
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006998 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006999 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007000
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007001 expr.release();
7002 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7003 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007004}
7005
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007006Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007007 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7008 // pointers on the target.
7009 QualType Ty;
7010 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7011 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7012 else
7013 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7014
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007015 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007016}
7017
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007018static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7019 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007020 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7021 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007022
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007023 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7024 if (!PT)
7025 return;
7026
7027 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7028 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7029 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7030 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7031 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7032 return;
7033 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007034
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007035 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7036 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7037 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7038 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007039
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007040 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007041}
7042
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007043bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7044 SourceLocation Loc,
7045 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor4f4946a2010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007046 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7047 bool *Complained) {
7048 if (Complained)
7049 *Complained = false;
7050
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007051 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7052 bool isInvalid = false;
7053 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007054 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007055
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007056 switch (ConvTy) {
7057 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7058 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007059 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007060 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7061 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007062 case IntToPointer:
7063 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7064 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007065 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007066 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007067 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7068 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007069 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7070 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7071 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007072 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7073 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7074 break;
7075 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007076 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7077 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7078 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7079 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7080 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7081 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7082 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7083 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7084 // C++ semantics.
7085 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7086 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7087 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007088 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7089 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007090 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007091 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007092 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007093 case IntToBlockPointer:
7094 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7095 break;
7096 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007097 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007098 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007099 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007100 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007101 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7102 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7103 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007104 case IncompatibleVectors:
7105 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7106 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007107 case Incompatible:
7108 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7109 isInvalid = true;
7110 break;
7111 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007112
Douglas Gregorc68e1402010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007113 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7114 switch (Action) {
7115 case AA_Assigning:
7116 case AA_Initializing:
7117 // The destination type comes first.
7118 FirstType = DstType;
7119 SecondType = SrcType;
7120 break;
7121
7122 case AA_Returning:
7123 case AA_Passing:
7124 case AA_Converting:
7125 case AA_Sending:
7126 case AA_Casting:
7127 // The source type comes first.
7128 FirstType = SrcType;
7129 SecondType = DstType;
7130 break;
7131 }
7132
7133 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007134 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Douglas Gregor4f4946a2010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007135 if (Complained)
7136 *Complained = true;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007137 return isInvalid;
7138}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007139
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007140bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007141 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7142 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7143 if (Result)
7144 *Result = ICEResult;
7145 return false;
7146 }
7147
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007148 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7149
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007150 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007151 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7152 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7153
7154 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7155 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7156 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7157 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7158 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7159 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7160 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007161
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007162 return true;
7163 }
7164
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007165 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7166 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007167
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007168 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7169 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7170 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007171
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007172 if (Result)
7173 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7174 return false;
7175}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007176
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007177void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007178Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007179 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7180 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007181}
7182
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007183void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007184Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7185 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7186 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7187 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007188
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007189 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7190 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7191 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7192 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7193 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007194 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007195 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7196 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7197 I != IEnd; ++I)
7198 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7199 }
7200
7201 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7202 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7203 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7204 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7205 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7206 I != IEnd; ++I)
7207 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7208 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007209 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007210
7211 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7212 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7213 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7214 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007215 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007216 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7217 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7218 ExprTemporaries.end());
7219
7220 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7221 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007222}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007223
7224/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7225///
7226/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7227/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7228/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7229/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7230///
7231/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7232///
7233/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7234void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7235 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007236
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007237 if (D->isUsed())
7238 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007239
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007240 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7241 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7242 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7243 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007244 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007245 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007246 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007247 return;
7248 }
7249
7250 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7251 return;
7252
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007253 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7254 // an instantiation.
7255 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7256 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007257
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007258 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007259 case Unevaluated:
7260 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7261 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007262
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007263 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7264 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7265 // "used"; handle this below.
7266 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007267
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007268 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7269 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7270 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7271 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007272 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007273 return;
7274 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007275
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007276 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007277 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007278 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007279 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7280 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7281 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007282 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007283 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007284 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7285 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7286 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007287
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007288 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007289 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7290 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7291 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007292
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007293 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7294 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7295 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7296 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7297 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7298 }
7299 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007300 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007301 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007302 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007303 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007304 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7305 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7306 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7307 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7308 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007309 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007310 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007311 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007312 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007313 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7314 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7315 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007316 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007317 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007318 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7319 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007320
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007321 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7322 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7323 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7324 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7325 Loc));
7326 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007327 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007328 Loc));
7329 }
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007330 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007331
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007332 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007333 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007334
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007335 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007336 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007337
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007338 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007339 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007340 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007341 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7342 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7343 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7344 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7345 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7346 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7347 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7348 }
7349 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007350
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007351 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007352
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007353 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007354 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007355 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007356}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007357
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007358/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7359/// of the program being compiled.
7360///
7361/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007362/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007363/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7364/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7365/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7366/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007367/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007368/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007369///
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007370/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7371/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7372/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7373/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007374bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007375 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7376 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7377 case Unevaluated:
7378 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7379 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007380
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007381 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7382 Diag(Loc, PD);
7383 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007384
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007385 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7386 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7387 break;
7388 }
7389
7390 return false;
7391}
7392
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007393bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7394 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7395 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7396 return false;
7397
7398 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7399 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7400 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7401 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007402
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007403 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007404 FD ?
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007405 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7406 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007407 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007408 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7409 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7410 return true;
7411
7412 return false;
7413}
7414
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007415// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7416// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7417void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7418 SourceLocation Loc;
7419
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007420 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7421
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007422 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7423 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7424 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7425 return;
7426
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007427 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7428 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7429 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7430 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7431
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007432 // self = [<foo> init...]
7433 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7434 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7435 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7436
7437 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7438 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7439 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7440 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7441 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007442
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007443 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7444 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7445 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7446 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7447 return;
7448
7449 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7450 } else {
7451 // Not an assignment.
7452 return;
7453 }
7454
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007455 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007456 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007457
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007458 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007459 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007460 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
Douglas Gregor2bf2d3d2010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007461 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
7462 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007464}
7465
7466bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7467 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7468
7469 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007470 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007471
7472 QualType T = E->getType();
7473
7474 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7475 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7476 return true;
7477 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7478 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7479 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7480 return true;
7481 }
7482 }
7483
7484 return false;
7485}